diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'marlinfw')
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration.h | 1930 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration_adv.h | 1713 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Bootscreen.h | 55 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Statusscreen.h | 452 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration.h | 2748 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration_adv.h | 4023 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Bootscreen.h | 58 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Statusscreen.h | 76 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration.h | 2747 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration_adv.h | 4001 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Bootscreen.h | 56 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Statusscreen.h | 74 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration.h | 2238 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration_adv.h | 3094 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Bootscreen.h | 56 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Statusscreen.h | 74 |
16 files changed, 0 insertions, 23395 deletions
diff --git a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration.h b/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b85a5a0..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1930 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H -#define CONFIGURATION_H -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010109 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= HANGPRINTER ================================= -//=========================================================================== -// For a Hangprinter start with the configuration file in the -// example_configurations/hangprinter directory and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during -// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this -// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN -#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 -#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting. - * - * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// The following define selects which electronics board you have. -// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB - #define PIN_EXP1 65 // A11 - #define PIN_EXP2 66 // A12 - #define PIN_EXP3 11 // SERVO0_PIN - #define PIN_EXP4 12 // PS_ON_PIN -#endif - -// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine -// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) -// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers -#endif - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 - //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 } -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0. -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN - * - * 0 = No Power Switch - * 1 = ATX - * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) - * - * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } - */ -#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 - -#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 - // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. - // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif - -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. - -// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. - -// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used -// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. -// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. -// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! -// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Filter - * - * Enable this option if endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * NOTE: Enabling this feature means adds an error of +/-0.2mm, so homing - * will end up at a slightly different position on each G28. This will also - * reduce accuracy of some bed probes. - * For mechanical switches, the better approach to reduce noise is to install - * a 100 nanofarads ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch, making it - * essentially noise-proof without sacrificing accuracy. - * This option also increases MCU load when endstops or the probe are enabled. - * So this is not recommended. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. - * (This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, since they already include the 100nF capacitor.) - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_FILTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 575 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. - * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) - * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially - * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * X and Y offsets must be integers. - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 - * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - */ -#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -45 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] -#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -9 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -// The number of probes to perform at each point. -// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. -// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled. - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). - //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - MIN_PROBE_EDGE) - //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - MIN_PROBE_EDGE) - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// -// EEPROM -// -// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... -// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM -// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). -// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. -// -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 3), (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Moves the nozzle to the initial position - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, es_utf8, - * eu, fi, fr, fr_utf8, gl, hr, it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, - * pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'es_utf8':'Spanish (UTF8)', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'fr_utf8':'French (UTF8)', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - #define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 - // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with - // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial -// - -// -// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. -// This requires SDSUPPORT to be enabled -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on -// - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key -// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote -// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ -//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -#endif // CONFIGURATION_H diff --git a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration_adv.h b/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 67dc5e7..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1713 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010109 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor> - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information in M114 -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode> - // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results - // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) - // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so - // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all - // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at - // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode" - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder - #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -// @section machine - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} - -// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder -//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// @section lcd - -#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder -#endif - -// @section extras - -// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec) - -// -// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting -// -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly -#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value -#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value - -//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ -#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again - -// @section lcd - -// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu -#define LCD_INFO_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif // SDSUPPORT || LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -/** - * LED Control Menu - * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ -//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU -#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif -#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if ENABLED(DOGLCD) - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - -#endif // DOGLCD - -// @section safety - -// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, -// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. -#define USE_WATCHDOG - -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. - // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. - // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target -// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 stepper drivers - * 1 : Minimum for LV8729 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// @section extras - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) - #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) -#endif - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> - * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps - - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - -#endif - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI pins to - * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins - * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library - * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper). - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers - * connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN - * to PDN_UART without a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * You'll also need the TMC2208Stepper Arduino library - * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper). - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130 - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #define X_CURRENT 800 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - - /** - * Use software SPI for TMC2130. - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic TMC2130 and TMC2208 drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only - - #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 - #endif - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * M915 Z Axis Calibration - * - * - Adjust Z stepper current, - * - Drive the Z axis to its physical maximum, and - * - Home Z to account for the lost steps. - * - * Use M915 Snn to specify the current. - * Use M925 Znn to add extra Z height to Z_MAX_POS. - */ - //#define TMC_Z_CALIBRATION - #if ENABLED(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION) - #define CALIBRATION_CURRENT 250 - #define CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 10 - #endif - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // TMC2130 || TMC2208 - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * The Arduino-L6470 library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall - - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - -#endif - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop - #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false - #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - - //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. - * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. - * The host must be configured to handle the action command. - */ -//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" - -/** - * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. - * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. - * The host must be configured to handle the action command. - */ -//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" -//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behaviour. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE - -#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H diff --git a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Bootscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38fb68f..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Statusscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 30264c6..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-1.1.x/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,452 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define STATUS_SCREENWIDTH 128 - -#define STATUS_SCREEN_HOTEND_TEXT_X(E) (38 + (E) * 20) - -#define STATUS_SCREEN_BED_TEXT_X (HOTENDS > 1 ? 81 : 73) - -// Can also be overridden in Configuration.h -#ifndef FAN_ANIM_FRAMES - #define FAN_ANIM_FRAMES 3 -#endif -#define STATUS_SCREEN_FAN_TEXT_X (FAN_ANIM_FRAMES == 3 ? 103 : 105) -#define STATUS_SCREEN_FAN_TEXT_Y (FAN_ANIM_FRAMES > 2 ? 28 : 27) - -//============================================ - -#if HOTENDS < 2 - - #if FAN_ANIM_FRAMES <= 2 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - - #elif FAN_ANIM_FRAMES == 3 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00011111, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00100000,B00100111, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11111000,B11111101, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B11111000,B11111001, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00111111,B11100001, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001111,B10000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001111,B10000001, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001111,B10000001, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00111111,B11100001, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B11111000,B11111001, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11111000,B11111101, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00100000,B00100111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00011111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000110,B00011111, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111110,B00000111, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00111110,B00000011, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011110,B00000011, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011110,B00001101, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000110,B00111101, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000111,B00111101, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B10000001, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11100111,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11000011,B00000001, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B10000011,B11000001, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000011,B11000011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000011,B11100011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000011,B11100111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000011,B00011111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen2_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000011,B00011111, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000011,B11100111, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000011,B11110011, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000011,B11100011, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11000011,B11000001, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11100011,B10000001, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11110111,B00000001, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B10000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000111,B01111101, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001110,B00111101, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011110,B00011101, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00111110,B00001011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000110,B01111110,B00000011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111110,B00000111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000110,B00011111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111 - }; - - #elif FAN_ANIM_FRAMES == 4 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00111111,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01111110,B00011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101000,B01111100,B00001000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00111000,B00001000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00111001,B11001000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11111111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11000111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11111111,B11101000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B00111001,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111000,B01101000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111100,B00101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B11111000,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00001111,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110100,B00011111,B11011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110110,B00011111,B10011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00011111,B00001000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10011110,B00001000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11111100,B00001000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11011100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100111,B11101111,B11001000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01110111,B11101000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11110011,B11101000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100001,B11110001,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11110000,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11110000,B01011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B11100000,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen2_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B10000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B10000000,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B10000001,B11011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11000011,B11011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B11000111,B11101000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100011,B11000111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100001,B11111111,B10001000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01101100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01101100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01101100,B00001000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100011,B11111111,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000111,B10001000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11000111,B11001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B10000111,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000011,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000010,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen3_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B11110000,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100001,B11100001,B11101000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11110011,B11101000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111111,B11101000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01110111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101000,B11101110,B00101000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11011100,B00001000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B11111100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10011110,B00001000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00001111,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00001111,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00001111,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00011111,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - #endif - -#else // HOTENDS >= 2 - - #if FAN_ANIM_FRAMES <= 2 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - - #elif FAN_ANIM_FRAMES == 3 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00011111, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00100000,B00100111, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11111000,B11111101, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B11111000,B11111001, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000100,B00111111,B11100001, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000100,B00001111,B10000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000100,B00001111,B10000001, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000100,B00001111,B10000001, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000100,B00111111,B11100001, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000100,B11111000,B11111001, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000101,B11111000,B11111101, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000110,B11110000,B01111011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00100000,B00100111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00011111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000110,B00011111, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111110,B00000111, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00111110,B00000011, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011110,B00000011, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011110,B00001101, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000110,B00111101, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000100,B00000111,B00111101, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000111,B11111111,B10000001, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000101,B11100111,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000101,B11000011,B00000001, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000101,B10000011,B11000001, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000110,B00000011,B11000011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000110,B00000011,B11100011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000011,B11100111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000111,B11000011,B00011111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen2_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000011,B00011111, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000011,B11100111, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000011,B11110011, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000011,B11100011, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11000011,B11000001, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000101,B11100011,B10000001, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000101,B11110111,B00000001, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000111,B11111111,B10000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000100,B00000111,B01111101, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000100,B00001110,B00111101, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000100,B00011110,B00011101, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000110,B00111110,B00001011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000110,B01111110,B00000011, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111110,B00000111, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000111,B11000110,B00011111, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111 - }; - - #elif FAN_ANIM_FRAMES == 4 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00111111,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01111110,B00011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101000,B01111100,B00001000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00111000,B00001000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101111,B00111001,B11001000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B11111111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B11000111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101111,B11111111,B11101000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100111,B00111001,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B00111000,B01101000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B01111100,B00101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B11111000,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00001111,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110100,B00011111,B11011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110110,B00011111,B10011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00011111,B00001000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10011110,B00001000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101111,B11111100,B00001000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B11011100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100111,B11101111,B11001000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B01110111,B11101000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100000,B01111111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B11110011,B11101000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100001,B11110001,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00110011,B11110000,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110111,B11110000,B01011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B11100000,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen2_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B10000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B10000000,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B10000001,B11011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11000011,B11011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B11000111,B11101000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100011,B11000111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100001,B11111111,B10001000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01101100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01101100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B01101100,B00001000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100011,B11111111,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00111111,B11000111,B10001000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B11000111,B11001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00110111,B10000111,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110111,B00000011,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000010,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen3_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111001,B11110000,B00111000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00011000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00011000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100001,B11100001,B11101000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11110011,B11101000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B01111111,B11101000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01110111,B11101000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101000,B11101110,B00101000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101111,B11011100,B00001000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00101111,B11111100,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B10011110,B00001000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B00001111,B00001000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00110000,B00001111,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110000,B00001111,B00011000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00011111,B00111000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - #endif - -#endif // HOTENDS >= 2 diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ce1dd8..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2748 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/CR-10S/CrealityV1" - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02000801 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated: - * - * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all - * - * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusaprinters.org/calculator_3416/ - * - * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * - * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//========================== DELTA / SCARA / TPARA ========================== -//=========================================================================== -// -// Download configurations from the link above and customize for your machine. -// Examples are located in config/examples/delta, .../SCARA, and .../TPARA. -// -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. - * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1 - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. -// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... -#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN -#endif - -/** - * Multi-Material Unit - * Set to one of these predefined models: - * - * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) - * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 - * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. - */ -//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) - //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the cooler is over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration - //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== -// @section temperature - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) - * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. - * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. - * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. - * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. - * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) - * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) - * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) -//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 -//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 -#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 -#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - -/** - * Thermal Overshoot - * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees - * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees - * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. - */ -#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - - #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. - // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. - #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } - #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } - #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 - #endif -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -//=========================================================================== -//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ==================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Chamber Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable - * hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER -//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Chamber Power - * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - */ -#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 - //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element - // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent. - // - #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 - // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER - -#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY -//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, - * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. -//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge - #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle - // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. - * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. - * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing -//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J -// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. -//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR -#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) - #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin -#endif - -/** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. - * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. - * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. - */ -//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } - * - * X and Y offset - * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of - * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. - * - * Z offset - * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. - * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. - * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using - * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES - * to avoid collisions during probing. - * - * Tune and Adjust - * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. - * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. - * - * Assuming the typical work area orientation: - * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset - * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset - * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset - * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset - * - * Some examples: - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | [+] | - * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) - * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) - * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle - * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) - * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) - * | [-] | - * O-- FRONT --+ - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -9, 0} // Z usually -2.58 - -// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but -// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. -#define PROBING_MARGIN 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (8*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Probe Activation Switch - * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical - * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. - */ -//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH -#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active - //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin -#endif - -/** - * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. - * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out - * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. - */ -//#define PROBE_TARE -#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) - #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin - #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before - #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare - //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin - #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) - //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING -#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) - #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 -#endif - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false -#define INVERT_E6_DIR false -#define INVERT_E7_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. - -/** - * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled. - * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed. - * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle. - */ -//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. - -//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the printable area -#define X_BED_SIZE 296 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 298 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 4 -#define Y_MIN_POS 2 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 319 // 15mm Extra space on the right end -#define Y_MAX_POS 306 // 4mm Extra space behind the bed -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. - * Marlin knows a print job is running when: - * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. - * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. - * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE HIGH // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. - // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. - - // Override individually if the runout sensors vary - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN - - // Commands to execute on filament runout. - // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") - // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply. - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of - * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable - * leveling immediately after G28. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 -//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Auto-leveling needs preheating - */ -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) - #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 -#endif - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY) - // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height -#endif - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. - #endif - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. - #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - - //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner - //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE - #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify - //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK - #endif - - /** - * Corner Leveling Order - * - * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. - * - * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front - * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back - * - * Examples: - * - * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} - * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB - * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | - * | | | | | | | <3>| - * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | - * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF - */ - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 150 // X point for Z homing - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 150 // Y point for Z homing -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/min) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (20*60), (20*60), (8*60) } - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// -// Preheat Constants - Up to 5 are supported without changes -// -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park - //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } - // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z - - // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y - - // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe - - // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. - //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" - -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print -#endif - -/** - * Password - * - * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: - * - * - When the printer boots up - * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu - * - When SD printing is completed or aborted - * - * The following G-codes can be used: - * - * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. - * M511 - Unlock Printer. - * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. - * - * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash - * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) - * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. - */ -//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) - #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended - #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP - #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. - #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. - //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, - * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display -// -// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and -// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library. -// -//#define YHCB2004 - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -// -// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI -// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. -// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter -// -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// -// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller -// -//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// https://www.panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html -// -//#define MKS_LCD12864A -//#define MKS_LCD12864B - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -// -// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB -// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html -//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller - -// -// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// -//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) -// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html -// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html -// -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY - -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) - #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI -#endif - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD -#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 -#endif - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers -// -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON -#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic - //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028 -// -//#define NEXTION_TFT -#if ENABLED(NEXTION_TFT) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Nextion -#endif - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -/** - * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options - * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. - */ - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 -// -//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 - -// -// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 - -// -// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 - -// -// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 - -// -// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY -// -//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic -// -//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise -// -//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 -// -//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 -// -//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 - -// -// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display from BIQU-BX -// -//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70 - -// -// Generic TFT with detailed options -// -//#define TFT_GENERIC -#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) - // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] - #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO - - // Interface. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI - - // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_RES_320x240 - //#define TFT_RES_480x272 - //#define TFT_RES_480x320 -#endif - -/** - * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: - * - * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled - * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities - * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL - * - * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the - * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. - */ -//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI -//#define TFT_COLOR_UI -//#define TFT_LVGL_UI - -#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) - //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module -#endif - -/** - * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: - * - * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION - */ -//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. -// -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD - -// -// Touch Screen Settings -// -//#define TOUCH_SCREEN -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION - - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 - //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE - - #if BOTH(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) - //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. -// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] -//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... - //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) - #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip - #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - #else - //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel - #endif - - // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration_adv.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ae44d6..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4023 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/CR-10S/CrealityV1" - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02000801 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== -// @section temperature - -/** - * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in - * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, - * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This - * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error - * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while - * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous - * stream of errors from the sensor. - * - * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. - */ -#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 - #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 - #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000 - #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 - #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -// -// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options -// -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -// -// Heated Chamber options -// -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false - //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - - //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. - #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif - #endif - - //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) - #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo - #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber - #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 - #endif -#endif - -// -// Laser Cooler options -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER - #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) - #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) - #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) - #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element e.g. TEC, External chiller via relay - #define COOLER_INVERTING false - #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. - #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. - #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. - #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) - #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target - #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif -#endif - -// -// Laser Coolant Flow Meter -// -//#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER -#if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER) - #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) - #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin - #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds - #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below - #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) - #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). - */ - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature Mode - * - * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. - * - * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID - * behavior using an additional kC value.) - * - * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. - * - * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. - * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 - // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here - //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL - #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) - #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) - #endif -#endif - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -/** - * Hotend Idle Timeout - * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. - */ -//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT -#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) - #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout - #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns - * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings - #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu - #endif -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define COOLER_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// For Z set the number of stepper drivers -// -#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many - -#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 - // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 - //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR - //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR - //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR - - //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 - #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ - #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - - // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. - //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" -#endif - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -/** - * Homing Procedure - * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish - * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. - */ - -//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing - -#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) - -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing - -#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X -//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first - -// @section bltouch - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the - * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians - * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -// @section extras - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] - // If not defined, probe limits will be used. - // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - /** - * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. - * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' - * - * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) - * | | 2 | - * | 1 2 | | - * | | 1 | - * - * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | - * | | 3 | | 3 | - * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | - * - * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | - * | | | | | - * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | - */ - #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY - //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 - #endif - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case - // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! - #endif - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? - // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? - // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. - #define HOME_AFTER_G34 -#endif - -// -// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. -// -//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING -#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) - - // Define positions for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } - - // Define position names for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" - - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first - - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu - - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment - - /** - * Screw thread: - * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise - * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise - * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise - */ - #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 - -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -/** - * Idle Stepper Shutdown - * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. - * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. - */ -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. - -// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. -// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. -#define SLOWDOWN -#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) - #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 -#endif - -/** - * XY Frequency limit - * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. - * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html - * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. - */ -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. -#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT - #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. -#endif - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics - //#define CORE_BACKLASH - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define the pin to read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -/** - * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) - */ -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 -#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 - - // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. - // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - - //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) - - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines - #if IS_ULTIPANEL - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD - #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) - // - // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. - // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. - // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. - // - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 - - // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } - #endif - #endif - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - // Add a mute option to the LCD menu - //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip - #endif - #endif - - // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access - //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -#if HAS_DISPLAY - // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus - //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) - #endif - #endif - - // Scroll a longer status message into view - #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - - // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible - //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - - // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage - //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - - // Show the E position (filament used) during printing - //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL -#endif - -#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif - - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - #endif - - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - /** - * SD Card SPI Speed - * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - * - * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - * otherwise full speed will be applied. - * - * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] - */ - //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED - - // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. - // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. - //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH - - //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up - //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) - - //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping - - #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G27" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) - #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination - #endif - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the - // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. - //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS2_USB - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - - /** - * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) - */ - //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST - - #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - #endif - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - - // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) - //#define NO_SD_DETECT - - // Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. - //#define MULTI_VOLUME - #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) - #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD - #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD - #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active - //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling - //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - -// -// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays -// -#if HAS_DGUS_LCD - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 - #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 - - #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 - //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) - - #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates - - #if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) - #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing - #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup - - #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) - //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS - #else - #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY - #endif - - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD - #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS - #endif - - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens - #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping - #endif - #endif -#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD - -// -// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays -// -#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - // By default the type of panel is automatically detected. - // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. - //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD - //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW - - // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune - //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE - - /** - * Display Folders - * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list. - * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser. - * - * NOTES: - * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders. - * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names. - * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders. - */ - #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW -#endif - -// -// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. -// -#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change - #endif -#endif - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 - //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping - //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping - - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - - // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// Classic UI Options -// -#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// -// ADC Button Debounce -// -#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Probing Margins - * - * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are - * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Probe Compensation - * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. - * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. - * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. - */ -#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED - // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures - #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION - - // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually - #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) - // Park position to wait for probe cooldown - #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } - - // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature - #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } - - // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually - //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION - - // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START - // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. - - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U - - // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. - - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U - - // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature - // calibration. - //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f - - // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. - // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. - //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f - - // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes - // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by - // increasing the height the probe is raised to. - //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U - - // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest - // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] - // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. - //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 - #endif -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G60/G61 Position Save and Return -// -//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes - //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * Direct Stepping - * - * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly - * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in - * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. - * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon - */ -//#define DIRECT_STEPPING - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section motion - -// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. -// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) -#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 -#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Monitor RX buffer usage -// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows. -// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value. -// Not supported on all platforms. -//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR - -/** - * Emergency Command Parser - * - * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they - * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. - * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 - * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. - */ -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -/** - * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER) - * - * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl). - * - Auto-report position during long moves. - * - Useful for CNC/LASER. - * - * Adds support for commands: - * S000 : Report State and Position while moving. - * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving. - * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold. - * - * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual. - * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports. - */ -//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS) - //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC -#endif - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point -//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> - * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) - //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change - #endif - - /** - * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. - * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. - */ - //#define TOOL_SENSOR - - /** - * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce - * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - // Load / Unload - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) - - // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. - - // Cool after prime to reduce stringing - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) - - // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) - // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP - - // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) - // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED - - /** - * Tool Change Migration - * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. - * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. - * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. - * Useful to: - * - Change filament color without interruption - * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout - * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam - */ - #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE - - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move - #endif -#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Advanced Pause for Filament Change - * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change. - * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - * - * Requirements: - * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER. - * - * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) - #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) - #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) - #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - - /** - * Interpolate microsteps to 256 - * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below - */ - #define INTERPOLATE true - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... - //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) - #define Z4_CURRENT 800 - #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) - #define E6_CURRENT 800 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) - #define E7_CURRENT 800 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define your own with: - * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers - * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. - * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * TMC Homing stepper phase. - * - * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute - * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values - * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). - * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. - * - * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. - */ - //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG - -// @section L64XX - -/** - * L64XX Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset - */ - -#if HAS_L64XX - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down - // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - Z4 or E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // HAS_L64XX - -// @section i2cbus - -// -// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control -// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. -// -//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave -#endif - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) - - /** - * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. - * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. - * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. - * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) - * - * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq - * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 - */ - //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation - #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US - #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) - - //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11 - #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) - #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin - #endif - - //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9 - #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST) - #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin - //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin - #endif - - //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power - #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle - #endif - - /** - * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: - * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) - * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) - * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle - * - SERVO (S0 - S180) - */ - #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 - - /** - * Relative Cutter Power - * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets - * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. - * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX - * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). - * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM - */ - //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - /** - * M3/M4 Power Equation - * - * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. - * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. - * - * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - - #else - - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - - // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters - - /** - * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. - * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) - * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). - * - * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes - * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE - - #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) - /** - * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. - * - * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. - * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. - * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. - */ - #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID - - /** - * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). - * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). - * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. - * - * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your - * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. - * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT - - /** - * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board - * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. - * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 - - /** - * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter - */ - //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER - - #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) - // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. - // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. - //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF - - // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. - //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF - #endif - - /** - * Inline flag inverted - * - * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move - * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT - - /** - * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') - * - * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this - * feature if you understand the implications. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS - - #else - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing - * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan - * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser - * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * Power Monitor - * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) - * - * Read and configure with M430 - * - * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin - * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin - */ -//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current -//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage - -#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current - #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) -#endif - -#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage -#endif - -/** - * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection - * - * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check - * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power. - * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature. - */ -//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Auto-report position with M154 S<seconds> - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT -#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) - //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT -#endif - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). - * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON - - //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT - #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) - /** - * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). - * This factory setting applies to all extruders. - * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. - * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. - */ - #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report -#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations -//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics -//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. - -//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) - //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters -#endif - -// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 - -//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase - -//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code. - * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent. - */ - -// Custom Menu: Main Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM -#endif - -// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM -#endif - -/** - * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code. - * Up to 25 may be defined. - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS) - //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) - #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. - #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? - #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" - #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status - #endif - - //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) - #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #endif - - //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) - #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT - //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS -#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) - #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed - - // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } - //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG -#endif - -/** - * Mechanical Gantry Calibration - * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. - * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. - * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. - */ -//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION -#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction - - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position -#endif - -/** - * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality - * Specified pin has pullup and connecting to ground will instantly pause motion. - * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed. - */ -//#define FREEZE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE) - //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will - * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. - * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands. - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z). -#endif - -/** - * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. - */ -#if HAS_ETHERNET - #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent -//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) - -#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates - //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host - - /** - * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with - * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via - * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. - * - * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" - * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" - */ - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password -#endif - -/** - * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) - * Enable in Configuration.h - * - * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive - * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. - */ -#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 - /** - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - * - * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - */ - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 1145 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - #endif - - /** - * Using a sensor like the MMU2S - * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. - * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 - */ - #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S - #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ - { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ - { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - #else - - /** - * MMU1 Extruder Sensor - * - * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder - * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament - * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. - * - * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last - * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. - * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. - */ - //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR - #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) - #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail - #endif - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER - -// -// M42 - Set pin states -// -//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL - -// -// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe -// -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE - -/** - * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial. - * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand - * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. - */ -//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING - -/** - * Software Reset options - */ -//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller -//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Bootscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 280ab39..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/CR-10S/CrealityV1" - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Statusscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 17079f0..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8.1/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/CR-10S/CrealityV1" - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b295361..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2747 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated: - * - * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all - * - * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusaprinters.org/calculator_3416/ - * - * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * - * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//========================== DELTA / SCARA / TPARA ========================== -//=========================================================================== -// -// Download configurations from the link above and customize for your machine. -// Examples are located in config/examples/delta, .../SCARA, and .../TPARA. -// -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. - * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. -// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... -#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN -#endif - -/** - * Multi-Material Unit - * Set to one of these predefined models: - * - * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) - * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 - * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. - */ -//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) - //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the cooler is over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration - //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== -// @section temperature - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) - * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. - * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. - * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. - * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. - * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) - * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) - * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) -//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 -//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 -#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 -#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - -/** - * Thermal Overshoot - * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees - * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees - * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. - */ -#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - - #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. - // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. - #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } - #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } - #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 - #endif -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -//=========================================================================== -//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ==================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Chamber Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable - * hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER -//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Chamber Power - * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - */ -#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 - //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element - // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent. - // - #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 - // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER - -#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY -//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, - * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. -//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge - #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle - // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. - * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. - * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing -//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, with the hotend - * assembly attached to a sensitive strain gauge. - */ -//#define STRAIN_GAUGE_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J -// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. -//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR -#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) - #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin -#endif - -/** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. - * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. - * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. - */ -//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } - * - * X and Y offset - * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of - * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. - * - * Z offset - * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. - * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. - * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using - * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES - * to avoid collisions during probing. - * - * Tune and Adjust - * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. - * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. - * - * Assuming the typical work area orientation: - * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset - * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset - * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset - * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset - * - * Some examples: - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | [+] | - * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) - * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) - * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle - * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) - * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) - * | [-] | - * O-- FRONT --+ - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -9, 0} // Z usually -2.58 - -// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but -// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. -#define PROBING_MARGIN 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (8*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Probe Activation Switch - * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical - * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. - */ -//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH -#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active - //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin -#endif - -/** - * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. - * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out - * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. - */ -//#define PROBE_TARE -#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) - #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin - #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before - #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare - //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin - #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) - //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING -#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) - #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 -#endif - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false -#define INVERT_E6_DIR false -#define INVERT_E7_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. - -/** - * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled. - * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed. - * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle. - */ -//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. - -//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the printable area -#define X_BED_SIZE 296 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 298 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 4 -#define Y_MIN_POS 2 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 319 // 15mm Extra space on the right end -#define Y_MAX_POS 306 // 4mm Extra space behind the bed -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. - * Marlin knows a print job is running when: - * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. - * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. - * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE HIGH // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. - // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. - - // Override individually if the runout sensors vary - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN - - // Commands to execute on filament runout. - // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") - // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply. - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of - * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable - * leveling immediately after G28. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 -//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Auto-leveling needs preheating - */ -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) - #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 -#endif - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY) - // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height -#endif - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. - #endif - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. - #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner - //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE - #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify - //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK - #endif - - /** - * Corner Leveling Order - * - * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. - * - * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front - * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back - * - * Examples: - * - * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} - * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB - * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | - * | | | | | | | <3>| - * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | - * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF - */ - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 150 // X point for Z homing - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 150 // Y point for Z homing -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/min) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (20*60), (20*60), (8*60) } - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// -// Preheat Constants - Up to 5 are supported without changes -// -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park - //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } - // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z - - // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y - - // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe - - // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. - //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" - -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print -#endif - -/** - * Password - * - * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: - * - * - When the printer boots up - * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu - * - When SD printing is completed or aborted - * - * The following G-codes can be used: - * - * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. - * M511 - Unlock Printer. - * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. - * - * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash - * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) - * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. - */ -//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) - #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended - #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP - #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. - #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. - //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, - * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display -// -// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and -// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library. -// -//#define YHCB2004 - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -// -// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI -// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. -// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter -// -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// -// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller -// -//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// https://www.panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html -// -//#define MKS_LCD12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -// -// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB -// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html -//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller - -// -// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller -// -//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) -// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html -// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html -// -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY - -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) - #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI -#endif - -// -// CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch. -// -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_TOUCHLCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD -#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 -#endif - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers -// -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON -#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic - //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028 -// -//#define NEXTION_TFT -#if ENABLED(NEXTION_TFT) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Nextion -#endif - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -/** - * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options - * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. - */ - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 -// -//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 - -// -// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 - -// -// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 - -// -// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 - -// -// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS -// Normally used in MKS Robin -// -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY -// -//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic -// -//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise -// -//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 - -// -// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 -// -//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 - -// -// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 -// -//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 - -// -// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display from BIQU-BX -// -//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70 - -// -// Generic TFT with detailed options -// -//#define TFT_GENERIC -#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) - // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] - #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO - - // Interface. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI - - // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_RES_320x240 - //#define TFT_RES_480x272 - //#define TFT_RES_480x320 -#endif - -/** - * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: - * - * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled - * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities - * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL - * - * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the - * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. - */ -//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI -//#define TFT_COLOR_UI -//#define TFT_LVGL_UI - -#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) - //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module -#endif - -/** - * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: - * - * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, - * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION - */ -//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. -// -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_SCREEN -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION - - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 - //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE - - #if BOTH(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) - //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. -// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] -//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... - //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) - #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip - #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - #else - //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel - #endif - - // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration_adv.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 883c17d..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4001 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== -// @section temperature - -/** - * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in - * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, - * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This - * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error - * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while - * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous - * stream of errors from the sensor. - * - * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. - */ -#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 - #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 - #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000 - #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 - #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -// -// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options -// -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -// -// Heated Chamber options -// -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false - //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - - //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. - #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif - #endif - - //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) - #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo - #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber - #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 - #endif -#endif - -// -// Laser Cooler options -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER - #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) - #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) - #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) - #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element e.g. TEC, External chiller via relay - #define COOLER_INVERTING false - #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. - #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. - #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. - #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) - #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target - #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif -#endif - -// -// Laser Coolant Flow Meter -// -//#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER -#if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER) - #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) - #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin - #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds - #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below - #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) - #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). - */ - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature Mode - * - * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. - * - * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID - * behavior using an additional kC value.) - * - * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. - * - * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. - * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 - // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here - //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL - #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) - #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) - #endif -#endif - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -/** - * Hotend Idle Timeout - * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. - */ -//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT -#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) - #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout - #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns - * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings - #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu - #endif -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define COOLER_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18 -#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// For Z set the number of stepper drivers -// -#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many - -#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 - // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 - //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR - //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR - //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR - - //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 - #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ - #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - - // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. - //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" -#endif - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -/** - * Homing Procedure - * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish - * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. - */ - -//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing - -#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) - -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing - -#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X -//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first - -// @section bltouch - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the - * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians - * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -// @section extras - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] - // If not defined, probe limits will be used. - // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - /** - * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. - * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' - * - * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) - * | | 2 | - * | 1 2 | | - * | | 1 | - * - * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | - * | | 3 | | 3 | - * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | - * - * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | - * | | | | | - * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | - */ - #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY - //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 - #endif - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case - // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! - #endif - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? - // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? - // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. - #define HOME_AFTER_G34 -#endif - -// -// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. -// -//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING -#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) - - // Define positions for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } - - // Define position names for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" - - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first - - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu - - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment - - /** - * Screw thread: - * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise - * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise - * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise - */ - #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 - -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -/** - * Idle Stepper Shutdown - * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. - * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. - */ -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. - -// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. -// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. -#define SLOWDOWN -#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) - #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 -#endif - -/** - * XY Frequency limit - * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. - * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html - * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. - */ -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. -#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT - #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. -#endif - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics - //#define CORE_BACKLASH - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define the pin to read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -/** - * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) - */ -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 -#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 - - // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. - // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - - //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) - - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines - #if IS_ULTIPANEL - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD - #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) - // - // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. - // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. - // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. - // - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 - - // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } - #endif - #endif - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - // Add a mute option to the LCD menu - //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip - #endif - #endif - - // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access - //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -#if HAS_DISPLAY - // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus - //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) - #endif - #endif - - // Scroll a longer status message into view - #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - - // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible - //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - - // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage - //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - - // Show the E position (filament used) during printing - //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL -#endif - -#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif - - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - #endif - - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - /** - * SD Card SPI Speed - * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - * - * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - * otherwise full speed will be applied. - * - * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] - */ - //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED - - // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. - // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. - //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH - - //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up - //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) - - //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping - - #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G27" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) - #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination - #endif - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the - // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. - //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS2_USB - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - - /** - * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) - */ - //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST - - #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - #endif - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - - // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) - //#define NO_SD_DETECT - - // Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. - //#define MULTI_VOLUME - #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) - #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD - #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SD_ONBOARD - #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active - //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling - //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - -// -// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays -// -#if HAS_DGUS_LCD - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 - #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 - - #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 - //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) - - #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates - - #if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) - #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing - #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup - - #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) - //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS - #else - #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY - #endif - - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD - #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS - #endif - - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens - #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping - #endif - #endif -#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD - -// -// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays -// -#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - // By default the type of panel is automatically detected. - // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. - //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD - //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW - - // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune - //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE - - /** - * Display Folders - * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list. - * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser. - * - * NOTES: - * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders. - * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names. - * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders. - */ - #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW -#endif - -// -// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. -// -#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change - #endif -#endif - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 - //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping - //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping - - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - - // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// Classic UI Options -// -#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// -// ADC Button Debounce -// -#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Probing Margins - * - * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are - * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Probe Compensation - * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. - * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. - * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. - */ -#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED - // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures - #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION - - // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually - #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) - // Park position to wait for probe cooldown - #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } - - // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature - #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } - - // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually - //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION - - // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START - // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. - - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U - - // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. - - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U - - // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature - // calibration. - //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f - - // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. - // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. - //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f - - // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes - // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by - // increasing the height the probe is raised to. - //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U - - // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest - // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] - // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. - //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 - #endif -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G60/G61 Position Save and Return -// -//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes - //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * Direct Stepping - * - * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly - * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in - * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. - * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon - */ -//#define DIRECT_STEPPING - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section motion - -// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. -// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) -#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 -#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Monitor RX buffer usage -// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows. -// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value. -// Not supported on all platforms. -//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR - -/** - * Emergency Command Parser - * - * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they - * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. - * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 - * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. - */ -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -/** - * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER) - * - * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl). - * - Auto-report position during long moves. - * - Useful for CNC/LASER. - * - * Adds support for commands: - * S000 : Report State and Position while moving. - * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving. - * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold. - * - * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual. - * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports. - */ -//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS) - //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC -#endif - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point -//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> - * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) - //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change - #endif - - /** - * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. - * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. - */ - //#define TOOL_SENSOR - - /** - * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce - * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - // Load / Unload - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) - - // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. - - // Cool after prime to reduce stringing - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) - - // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) - // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP - - // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) - // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED - - /** - * Tool Change Migration - * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. - * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. - * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. - * Useful to: - * - Change filament color without interruption - * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout - * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam - */ - #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE - - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move - #endif -#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) - #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) - #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) - #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - - /** - * Interpolate microsteps to 256 - * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below - */ - #define INTERPOLATE true - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... - //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) - #define Z4_CURRENT 800 - #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) - #define E6_CURRENT 800 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) - #define E7_CURRENT 800 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define your own with: - * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers - * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. - * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * TMC Homing stepper phase. - * - * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute - * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values - * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). - * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. - * - * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. - */ - //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG - -// @section L64XX - -/** - * L64XX Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset - */ - -#if HAS_L64XX - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down - // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - Z4 or E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // HAS_L64XX - -// @section i2cbus - -// -// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control -// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. -// -//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave -#endif - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) - - /** - * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. - * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. - * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. - * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) - * - * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq - * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 - */ - //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation - #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US - #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) - - //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11 - #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) - #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin - #endif - - //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power - #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle - #endif - - /** - * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: - * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) - * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) - * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle - * - SERVO (S0 - S180) - */ - #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 - - /** - * Relative Cutter Power - * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets - * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. - * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX - * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). - * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM - */ - //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - /** - * M3/M4 Power Equation - * - * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. - * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. - * - * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - - #else - - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - - // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters - - /** - * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. - * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) - * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). - * - * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes - * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE - - #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) - /** - * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. - * - * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. - * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. - * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. - */ - #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID - - /** - * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). - * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). - * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. - * - * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your - * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. - * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT - - /** - * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board - * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. - * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 - - /** - * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter - */ - //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER - - #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) - // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. - // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. - //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF - - // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. - //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF - #endif - - /** - * Inline flag inverted - * - * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move - * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT - - /** - * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') - * - * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this - * feature if you understand the implications. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS - - #else - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing - * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan - * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser - * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * Power Monitor - * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) - * - * Read and configure with M430 - * - * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin - * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin - */ -//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current -//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage - -#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current - #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) -#endif - -#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage -#endif - -/** - * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection - * - * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check - * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power. - * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature. - */ -//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT -#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) - //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT -#endif - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). - * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON - - //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT - #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) - /** - * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). - * This factory setting applies to all extruders. - * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. - * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. - */ - #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report -#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations -//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics -//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. - -//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) - //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters -#endif - -// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 - -//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase - -//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code. - * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent. - */ - -// Custom Menu: Main Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM -#endif - -// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM -#endif - -/** - * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code. - * Up to 25 may be defined. - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS) - //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) - #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. - #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? - #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" - #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status - #endif - - //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) - #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #endif - - //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) - #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT - //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS -#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) - #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed - - // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } - //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG -#endif - -/** - * Mechanical Gantry Calibration - * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. - * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. - * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. - */ -//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION -#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction - - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will - * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. - * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands. - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z). -#endif - -/** - * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. - */ -#if HAS_ETHERNET - #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent -//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) - -#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates - //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host - - /** - * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with - * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via - * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. - * - * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" - * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" - */ - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password -#endif - -/** - * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) - * Enable in Configuration.h - * - * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive - * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. - */ -#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 - /** - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - * - * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - */ - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 1145 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - #endif - - /** - * Using a sensor like the MMU2S - * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. - * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 - */ - #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S - #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ - { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ - { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move - //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE - #else - - /** - * MMU1 Extruder Sensor - * - * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder - * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament - * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. - * - * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last - * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. - * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. - */ - //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR - #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) - #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail - #endif - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER - -// -// M42 - Set pin states -// -//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL - -// -// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe -// -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE - -/** - * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial. - * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand - * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. - */ -//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING - -/** - * Software Reset options - */ -//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller -//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Bootscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6d0bf68..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Statusscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 128d132..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.8/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e608e62..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2238 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) - * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 5v excitation (AVR) - * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v excitation (STM32 \ LPC176x....) - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, - * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive - * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -9, 0 } - -// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but -// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false -#define INVERT_E6_DIR false -#define INVERT_E7_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 296 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 298 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 319 // 15mm Extra space on the right end -#define Y_MAX_POS 306 // 4mm Extra space behind the bed -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 150 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 150 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 3), (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } - // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) -// -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration_adv.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 98f2068..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3094 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 - #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 - #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor> - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// For Z set the number of stepper drivers -// -#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many - -#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 - //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 - #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ - #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define the pin to read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays -// -#if HAS_DGUS_LCD - #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200 - - #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 - //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) - - #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates - #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen - - #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) - #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing - #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup - - #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) - //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC - #else - #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY - #endif - - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD - #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS - #endif - - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens - #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping - #endif - #endif -#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// -// ADC Button Debounce -// -#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are - * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Probe Compensation - * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. - * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. - * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. - */ -#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED - // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures - #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION - - // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually - #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) - // Max temperature that can be reached by heated bed. - // This is required only for the calibration process. - #define PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP 110 - - // Park position to wait for probe cooldown - #define PTC_PARK_POS_X 0.0F - #define PTC_PARK_POS_Y 0.0F - #define PTC_PARK_POS_Z 100.0F - - // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature - #define PTC_PROBE_POS_X 90.0F - #define PTC_PROBE_POS_Y 100.0F - - // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually - //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION - #endif -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G60/G61 Position Save and Return -// -//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> - * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) - //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // G-code to run after tool-change is complete - #endif - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) - #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) - #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) - #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) - #define Z4_CURRENT 800 - #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) - #define E6_CURRENT 800 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) - #define E7_CURRENT 800 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L64XX - -/** - * L64XX Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset - */ - -#if HAS_L64XX - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down - // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) - #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) - #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - Z4 or E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // HAS_L64XX - -// @section i2cbus - -// -// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control -// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. -// -//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave -#endif - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) - - /** - * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. - * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. - * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. - * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) - * - * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq - * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 - */ - //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation - #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US - #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed - - // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent -//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) - -#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates - //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER - -// -// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe -// -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Bootscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Statusscreen.h b/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a267396..0000000 --- a/marlinfw/config-2.0.x/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif |